src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4226     CalcDimensions();
4227
4228     return true;
4229 }
4230
4231 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4232 {
4233     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4234     SetTargetWindow(this);
4235     ClearAttrCache();
4236     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4237
4238 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4239     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4240     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4241                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4242              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4243              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4244 #endif
4245
4246     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4247     // with dangling view pointer
4248     if ( m_ownTable )
4249         delete m_table;
4250     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4251         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4252
4253     delete m_typeRegistry;
4254     delete m_selection;
4255 }
4256
4257 //
4258 // ----- internal init and update functions
4259 //
4260
4261 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4262 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4263 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4264
4265 void wxGrid::Create()
4266 {
4267     // create the type registry
4268     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4269
4270     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4271
4272     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4273
4274     // Set default cell attributes
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4281
4282 #if _USE_VISATTR
4283     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4285
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4287     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4288
4289 #else
4290     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4291         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4292     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4293         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4294 #endif
4295
4296     m_numRows = 0;
4297     m_numCols = 0;
4298     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4299
4300     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4301     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4302
4303     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4304     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4305                                               wxID_ANY,
4306                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4307                                               wxDefaultSize );
4308
4309     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4310                                               wxID_ANY,
4311                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4312                                               wxDefaultSize );
4313
4314     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4315                                                     wxID_ANY,
4316                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4320                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4321                                   m_colLabelWin,
4322                                   wxID_ANY,
4323                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4324                                   wxDefaultSize );
4325
4326     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4327
4328 #if _USE_VISATTR
4329     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4330     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4331     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4332     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4333 #else
4334     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4335     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4336     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4337     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4338 #endif
4339
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4341     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4343     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4345     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4346
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4348     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4349
4350     Init();
4351 }
4352
4353 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4354                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4355 {
4356     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4357                  false,
4358                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4359
4360     m_numRows = numRows;
4361     m_numCols = numCols;
4362
4363     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4364     m_table->SetView( this );
4365     m_ownTable = true;
4366     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4367
4368     CalcDimensions();
4369
4370     m_created = true;
4371
4372     return m_created;
4373 }
4374
4375 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4376 {
4377     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4378                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4379
4380     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4381 }
4382
4383 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4384 {
4385     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4386                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4387
4388     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4389 }
4390
4391 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4392                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4393 {
4394     bool checkSelection = false;
4395     if ( m_created )
4396     {
4397         // stop all processing
4398         m_created = false;
4399
4400         if (m_table)
4401         {
4402             m_table->SetView(0);
4403             if( m_ownTable )
4404                 delete m_table;
4405             m_table = NULL;
4406         }
4407
4408         delete m_selection;
4409         m_selection = NULL;
4410
4411         m_ownTable = false;
4412         m_numRows = 0;
4413         m_numCols = 0;
4414         checkSelection = true;
4415
4416         // kill row and column size arrays
4417         m_colWidths.Empty();
4418         m_colRights.Empty();
4419         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4420         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4421     }
4422
4423     if (table)
4424     {
4425         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4426         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4427
4428         m_table = table;
4429         m_table->SetView( this );
4430         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4431         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4432         if (checkSelection)
4433         {
4434             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4435             // original one current cell and selection regions
4436             // might be invalid,
4437             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438             m_currentCellCoords =
4439               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4440                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4441             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4442                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4443             {
4444                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4446             }
4447             else
4448                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4449                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4450                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4451                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4452                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4453         }
4454         CalcDimensions();
4455
4456         m_created = true;
4457     }
4458
4459     return m_created;
4460 }
4461
4462 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4463 {
4464     m_created = false;
4465
4466     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4469     m_gridWin = NULL;
4470
4471     m_table = NULL;
4472     m_ownTable = false;
4473
4474     m_selection = NULL;
4475     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4476     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4477     m_winCapture = NULL;
4478 }
4479
4480 void wxGrid::Init()
4481 {
4482     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4483     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4484
4485     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4486     {
4487         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4488     }
4489     else
4490     {
4491         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4492     }
4493
4494     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4495
4496     // init attr cache
4497     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4499     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4500
4501     // TODO: something better than this ?
4502     //
4503     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4504     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4505
4506     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4508
4509     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4511     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4512
4513     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4514     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4515
4516     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4517     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4518
4519 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4520     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4521 #else
4522     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4523 #endif
4524
4525     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4526     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4527     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4528     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4529     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4530
4531     m_canDragColMove = false;
4532
4533     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4534     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4535     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4536     m_canDragColSize = true;
4537     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4538     m_canDragCell = false;
4539     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4540     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4541     m_isDragging = false;
4542     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4543     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4544
4545     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4546
4547     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4548     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4549
4550     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4551
4552     ClearSelection();
4553
4554     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4555     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4556
4557     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4558
4559     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4560     m_batchCount = 0;
4561
4562     m_extraWidth =
4563     m_extraHeight = 0;
4564
4565     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4566     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4567 }
4568
4569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4570 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4571 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4572 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4573 // arrays at all
4574 //
4575 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4576 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4577 // this is not done currently
4578 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4579
4580 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4581 {
4582     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4583     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4584
4585     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4587
4588     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4589
4590     int rowBottom = 0;
4591     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4592     {
4593         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4594         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4595     }
4596 }
4597
4598 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4599 {
4600     m_colWidths.Empty();
4601     m_colRights.Empty();
4602
4603     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4605
4606     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4607
4608     int colRight = 0;
4609     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4610     {
4611         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4612         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4613     }
4614 }
4615
4616 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4617 {
4618     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4619 }
4620
4621 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4622 {
4623     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4624                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4625 }
4626
4627 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4628 {
4629     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4630                                  : m_colRights[col];
4631 }
4632
4633 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4634 {
4635     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4636 }
4637
4638 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4639 {
4640     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4641                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4642 }
4643
4644 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4645 {
4646     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4647                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4648 }
4649
4650 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4651 {
4652     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4653     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4654     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4655
4656     w += m_extraWidth;
4657     h += m_extraHeight;
4658
4659     // take into account editor if shown
4660     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4661     {
4662         int w2, h2;
4663         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4664         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4665         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4666         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4667
4668         // how big is the editor
4669         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4670         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4671         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4672         w2 += x;
4673         h2 += y;
4674         if ( w2 > w )
4675             w = w2;
4676         if ( h2 > h )
4677             h = h2;
4678         editor->DecRef();
4679         attr->DecRef();
4680     }
4681
4682     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4683     int x, y;
4684     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4685
4686     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4687     if ( x >= w )
4688         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4689     if ( y >= h )
4690         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4691
4692     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695     AdjustScrollbars();
4696
4697     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4698     // still must reposition the children
4699     CalcWindowSizes();
4700 }
4701
4702 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
4703 {
4704     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
4705     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4706     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4707
4708     return sizeGridWin;
4709 }
4710
4711 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4712 {
4713     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4714
4715     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4716         return;
4717
4718     int cw, ch;
4719     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4720
4721     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4722     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4723     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4724     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4725     if (gw < 0)
4726         gw = 0;
4727     if (gh < 0)
4728         gh = 0;
4729
4730     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4731         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4732
4733     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4734         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4735
4736     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4737         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4738
4739     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4740         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4741 }
4742
4743 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4744 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4745 //
4746 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4747 {
4748     int i;
4749     bool result = false;
4750
4751     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4752     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4753     ClearAttrCache();
4754
4755     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4756     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4757     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4758     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4759     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4760     HideCellEditControl();
4761
4762 #if 0
4763     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4764     // now
4765     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4766     {
4767         InitColWidths();
4768     }
4769
4770     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4771     {
4772         InitRowHeights();
4773     }
4774 #endif
4775
4776     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4777     {
4778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4779         {
4780             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4781             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4782
4783             m_numRows += numRows;
4784
4785             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4788                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4789
4790                 int bottom = 0;
4791                 if ( pos > 0 )
4792                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4793
4794                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4795                 {
4796                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4797                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4798                 }
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4802             {
4803                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4804                 // cell will be undefined...
4805                 //
4806                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4807             }
4808
4809             if ( m_selection )
4810                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4811             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4812             if (attrProvider)
4813                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4814
4815             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4816             {
4817                 CalcDimensions();
4818                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4819             }
4820         }
4821         result = true;
4822         break;
4823
4824         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4825         {
4826             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4827             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4828             m_numRows += numRows;
4829
4830             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4831             {
4832                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4833                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4834
4835                 int bottom = 0;
4836                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4837                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4838
4839                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4842                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4847             {
4848                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4849                 // cell will be undefined...
4850                 //
4851                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4852             }
4853
4854             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4855             {
4856                 CalcDimensions();
4857                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4858             }
4859         }
4860         result = true;
4861         break;
4862
4863         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4864         {
4865             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4866             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4867             m_numRows -= numRows;
4868
4869             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4870             {
4871                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4872                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4873
4874                 int h = 0;
4875                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4876                 {
4877                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4878                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( !m_numRows )
4883             {
4884                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4885             }
4886             else
4887             {
4888                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4889                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4890             }
4891
4892             if ( m_selection )
4893                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4894             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4895             if (attrProvider)
4896             {
4897                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4898
4899 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4900 #if 0
4901                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4902                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4903                 // all column attributes.
4904                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4905                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4906                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4907                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4908 #endif
4909             }
4910
4911             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4912             {
4913                 CalcDimensions();
4914                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4915             }
4916         }
4917         result = true;
4918         break;
4919
4920         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4921         {
4922             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4923             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4924             m_numCols += numCols;
4925
4926             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4927             {
4928                 //Shift the column IDs
4929                 int i;
4930                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4931                 {
4932                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4933                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4934                 }
4935
4936                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4937
4938                 //Set the new columns' positions
4939                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4940                 {
4941                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4942                 }
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4946             {
4947                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4948                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4949
4950                 int right = 0;
4951                 if ( pos > 0 )
4952                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4953
4954                 int colPos;
4955                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4956                 {
4957                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4958
4959                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4960                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4961                 }
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4965             {
4966                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4967                 // cell will be undefined...
4968                 //
4969                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4970             }
4971
4972             if ( m_selection )
4973                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4974             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4975             if (attrProvider)
4976                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4977             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4978             {
4979                 CalcDimensions();
4980                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4981             }
4982         }
4983         result = true;
4984         break;
4985
4986         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4987         {
4988             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4989             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4990             m_numCols += numCols;
4991
4992             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4993             {
4994                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4995
4996                 //Set the new columns' positions
4997                 int i;
4998                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4999                 {
5000                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5001                 }
5002             }
5003
5004             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5005             {
5006                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5007                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5008
5009                 int right = 0;
5010                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5011                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5012
5013                 int colPos;
5014                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5015                 {
5016                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5017
5018                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5019                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5020                 }
5021             }
5022
5023             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5024             {
5025                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5026                 // cell will be undefined...
5027                 //
5028                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5029             }
5030             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5031             {
5032                 CalcDimensions();
5033                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5034             }
5035         }
5036         result = true;
5037         break;
5038
5039         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5040         {
5041             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5042             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5043             m_numCols -= numCols;
5044
5045             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5046             {
5047                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5048
5049                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5050
5051                 //Shift the column IDs
5052                 int colPos;
5053                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5054                 {
5055                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5056                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5057                 }
5058             }
5059
5060             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5061             {
5062                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5063                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5064
5065                 int w = 0;
5066                 int colPos;
5067                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5068                 {
5069                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5070
5071                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5072                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5073                 }
5074             }
5075
5076             if ( !m_numCols )
5077             {
5078                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5079             }
5080             else
5081             {
5082                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5083                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5084             }
5085
5086             if ( m_selection )
5087                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5088             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5089             if (attrProvider)
5090             {
5091                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5092
5093 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5094 #if 0
5095                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5096                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5097                 // all row attributes.
5098                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5099                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5100                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5101                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5102 #endif
5103             }
5104
5105             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5106             {
5107                 CalcDimensions();
5108                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5109             }
5110         }
5111         result = true;
5112         break;
5113     }
5114
5115     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5116         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5117
5118     return result;
5119 }
5120
5121 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5122 {
5123     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5124     wxRect r;
5125
5126     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5127
5128     int top, bottom;
5129     while ( iter )
5130     {
5131         r = iter.GetRect();
5132
5133         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5134         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5135         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5136         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5137         //
5138 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5139         int cw, ch;
5140         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5141         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5142             r.SetTop( 0 );
5143         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5144 #endif
5145
5146         // logical bounds of update region
5147         //
5148         int dummy;
5149         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5150         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5151
5152         // find the row labels within these bounds
5153         //
5154         int row;
5155         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5156         {
5157             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5158                 continue;
5159
5160             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5161                 break;
5162
5163             rowlabels.Add( row );
5164         }
5165
5166         ++iter;
5167     }
5168
5169     return rowlabels;
5170 }
5171
5172 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5173 {
5174     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5175     wxRect r;
5176
5177     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5178
5179     int left, right;
5180     while ( iter )
5181     {
5182         r = iter.GetRect();
5183
5184         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5185         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5186         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5187         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5188         //
5189 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5190         int cw, ch;
5191         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5192         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5193             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5194         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5195 #endif
5196
5197         // logical bounds of update region
5198         //
5199         int dummy;
5200         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5201         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5202
5203         // find the cells within these bounds
5204         //
5205         int col;
5206         int colPos;
5207         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5208         {
5209             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5210
5211             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5212                 continue;
5213
5214             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5215                 break;
5216
5217             colLabels.Add( col );
5218         }
5219
5220         ++iter;
5221     }
5222
5223     return colLabels;
5224 }
5225
5226 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5227 {
5228     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5229     wxRect r;
5230
5231     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5232
5233     int left, top, right, bottom;
5234     while ( iter )
5235     {
5236         r = iter.GetRect();
5237
5238         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5239         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5240         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5241         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5242         //
5243 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5244         int cw, ch;
5245         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5246         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5247         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5248         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5249         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5250 #endif
5251
5252         // logical bounds of update region
5253         //
5254         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5255         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5256
5257         // find the cells within these bounds
5258         //
5259         int row, col;
5260         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5261         {
5262             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5263                 continue;
5264
5265             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5266                 break;
5267
5268             int colPos;
5269             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5270             {
5271                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5272
5273                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5274                     continue;
5275
5276                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5277                     break;
5278
5279                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5280             }
5281         }
5282
5283         ++iter;
5284     }
5285
5286     return cellsExposed;
5287 }
5288
5289
5290 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5291 {
5292     int x, y, row;
5293     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5294     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5295
5296     if ( event.Dragging() )
5297     {
5298         if (!m_isDragging)
5299         {
5300             m_isDragging = true;
5301             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5302         }
5303
5304         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5305         {
5306             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5307             {
5308                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5309                 {
5310                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5311                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5312                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5313
5314                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5315                     PrepareDC( dc );
5316                     y = wxMax( y,
5317                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5318                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5319                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5320                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5321                     {
5322                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5323                     }
5324                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5325                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5326                 }
5327                 break;
5328
5329                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5330                 {
5331                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5332                     {
5333                         if ( m_selection )
5334                         {
5335                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5336                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5337                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5338                                                     event.AltDown(),
5339                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5340                         }
5341                     }
5342                 }
5343                 break;
5344
5345                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5346                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5347                 default:
5348                     break;
5349             }
5350         }
5351         return;
5352     }
5353
5354     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5355         return;
5356
5357     if (m_isDragging)
5358     {
5359         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5360             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5361         m_isDragging = false;
5362     }
5363
5364     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5365     //
5366     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5367     {
5368         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5369     }
5370
5371     // ------------ Left button pressed
5372     //
5373     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5374     {
5375         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5376         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5377         // wanting to resize the row
5378         //
5379         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5380         {
5381             row = YToRow(y);
5382             if ( row >= 0 &&
5383                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5384             {
5385                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5386                     ClearSelection();
5387                 if ( m_selection )
5388                 {
5389                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5390                     {
5391                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5392                                                   0,
5393                                                   row,
5394                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5395                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5396                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5397                                                   event.AltDown(),
5398                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5399                     }
5400                     else
5401                     {
5402                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5403                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5404                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5405                                                 event.AltDown(),
5406                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5407                     }
5408                 }
5409
5410                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5411             }
5412         }
5413         else
5414         {
5415             // starting to drag-resize a row
5416             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5417                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5418         }
5419     }
5420
5421     // ------------ Left double click
5422     //
5423     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5424     {
5425         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5426         if ( row < 0 )
5427         {
5428             row = YToRow(y);
5429             if ( row >=0 &&
5430                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5431             {
5432                 // no default action at the moment
5433             }
5434         }
5435         else
5436         {
5437             // adjust row height depending on label text
5438             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5439
5440             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5441             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Left button released
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5448     {
5449         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5450         {
5451             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5452
5453             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5454             // default processing in this case
5455             //
5456             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5457         }
5458
5459         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5460         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Right button down
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5466     {
5467         row = YToRow(y);
5468         if ( row >=0 &&
5469              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5470         {
5471             // no default action at the moment
5472         }
5473     }
5474
5475     // ------------ Right double click
5476     //
5477     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5478     {
5479         row = YToRow(y);
5480         if ( row >= 0 &&
5481              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5482         {
5483             // no default action at the moment
5484         }
5485     }
5486
5487     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5488     //
5489     else if ( event.Moving() )
5490     {
5491         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5492         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5493         {
5494             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5495             {
5496                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5497                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5498                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5499             }
5500         }
5501         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5502         {
5503             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5504         }
5505     }
5506 }
5507
5508 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5509 {
5510     int x, y, col;
5511     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5512     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5513
5514     if ( event.Dragging() )
5515     {
5516         if (!m_isDragging)
5517         {
5518             m_isDragging = true;
5519             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5520
5521             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5522                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5523         }
5524
5525         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5526         {
5527             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5528             {
5529                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5530                 {
5531                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5532                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5534
5535                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5536                     PrepareDC( dc );
5537
5538                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5539                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5540                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5541                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5542                     {
5543                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5544                     }
5545                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5546                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5547                 }
5548                 break;
5549
5550                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5551                 {
5552                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5553                     {
5554                         if ( m_selection )
5555                         {
5556                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5557                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5558                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5559                                                     event.AltDown(),
5560                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5561                         }
5562                     }
5563                 }
5564                 break;
5565
5566                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5567                 {
5568                     if ( x < 0 )
5569                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5570                     else
5571                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5572
5573                     int markerX;
5574
5575                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5576                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5577                     else
5578                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5579
5580                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5581                     {
5582                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5583                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
5584
5585                         int cw, ch;
5586                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5587
5588                         markerX++;
5589
5590                         //Clean up the last indicator
5591                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5592                         {
5593                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5594                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5595                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5596                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5597
5598                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5599                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5600                         }
5601
5602                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5603                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5604                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5605                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5606                         {
5607                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5608                             return;
5609                         }
5610
5611                         //Draw the marker
5612                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5613                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5614
5615                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5616
5617                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5618
5619                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5620                     }
5621                 }
5622                 break;
5623
5624                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5625                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5626                 default:
5627                     break;
5628             }
5629         }
5630         return;
5631     }
5632
5633     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5634         return;
5635
5636     if (m_isDragging)
5637     {
5638         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5639             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5640         m_isDragging = false;
5641     }
5642
5643     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5644     //
5645     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5646     {
5647         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5648     }
5649
5650     // ------------ Left button pressed
5651     //
5652     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5653     {
5654         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5655         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5656         // wanting to resize the col
5657         //
5658         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5659         {
5660             col = XToCol(x);
5661             if ( col >= 0 &&
5662                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5663             {
5664                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5665                 {
5666                     //Show button as pressed
5667                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5668                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5669                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5670                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5671                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5672                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5673
5674                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5675                 }
5676                 else
5677                 {
5678                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5679                         ClearSelection();
5680                     if ( m_selection )
5681                     {
5682                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5683                         {
5684                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5685                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5686                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5687                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5688                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5689                                                       event.AltDown(),
5690                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5691                         }
5692                         else
5693                         {
5694                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5695                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5696                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5697                                                     event.AltDown(),
5698                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5699                         }
5700                     }
5701
5702                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5703                 }
5704             }
5705         }
5706         else
5707         {
5708             // starting to drag-resize a col
5709             //
5710             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5711                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5712         }
5713     }
5714
5715     // ------------ Left double click
5716     //
5717     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5718     {
5719         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5720         if ( col < 0 )
5721         {
5722             col = XToCol(x);
5723             if ( col >= 0 &&
5724                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5725             {
5726                 // no default action at the moment
5727             }
5728         }
5729         else
5730         {
5731             // adjust column width depending on label text
5732             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5733
5734             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5735             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5736         }
5737     }
5738
5739     // ------------ Left button released
5740     //
5741     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5742     {
5743         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5744         {
5745             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5746                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5747
5748                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5749                 // default processing in this case
5750                 //
5751                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5752                 break;
5753
5754             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5755                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5756
5757                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5758                 break;
5759
5760             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5761             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5762             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5763             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5764                 // nothing to do (?)
5765                 break;
5766         }
5767
5768         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5769         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5770     }
5771
5772     // ------------ Right button down
5773     //
5774     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5775     {
5776         col = XToCol(x);
5777         if ( col >= 0 &&
5778              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5779         {
5780             // no default action at the moment
5781         }
5782     }
5783
5784     // ------------ Right double click
5785     //
5786     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5787     {
5788         col = XToCol(x);
5789         if ( col >= 0 &&
5790              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5791         {
5792             // no default action at the moment
5793         }
5794     }
5795
5796     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5797     //
5798     else if ( event.Moving() )
5799     {
5800         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5801         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5802         {
5803             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5804             {
5805                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5806                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5807                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5808             }
5809         }
5810         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5811         {
5812             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5813         }
5814     }
5815 }
5816
5817 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5818 {
5819     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5820     {
5821         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5822         // col args == -1
5823         //
5824         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5825         {
5826             SelectAll();
5827         }
5828     }
5829     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5830     {
5831         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5832     }
5833     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5834     {
5835         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5836         {
5837             // no default action at the moment
5838         }
5839     }
5840     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5841     {
5842         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5843         {
5844             // no default action at the moment
5845         }
5846     }
5847 }
5848
5849 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5850 {
5851     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5852     if ( m_winCapture )
5853     {
5854         m_isDragging = false;
5855         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5856         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5857         m_winCapture = NULL;
5858
5859         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5860         Refresh();
5861     }
5862 }
5863
5864 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5865                               wxWindow *win,
5866                               bool captureMouse)
5867 {
5868 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5869     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5870     {
5871         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5872         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5873         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5874         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5875         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5876         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5877     };
5878
5879     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5880                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5881                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5882                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5883                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5884                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5885 #endif
5886
5887     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5888          win == m_winCapture &&
5889          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5890         return;
5891
5892     if ( !win )
5893     {
5894         // by default use the grid itself
5895         win = m_gridWin;
5896     }
5897
5898     if ( m_winCapture )
5899     {
5900         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5901             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5902         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5903     }
5904
5905     m_cursorMode = mode;
5906
5907     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5908     {
5909         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5910             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5911             break;
5912
5913         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5914             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5915             break;
5916
5917         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5918             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5919             break;
5920
5921         default:
5922             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5923             break;
5924     }
5925
5926     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5927     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5928                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5929
5930     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5931     {
5932         win->CaptureMouse();
5933         m_winCapture = win;
5934     }
5935 }
5936
5937 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5938 {
5939     int x, y;
5940     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5941     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5942
5943     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5944     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5945
5946     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5947     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5948     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5949     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5950     {
5951         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5952         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5953     }
5954
5955     if ( event.Dragging() )
5956     {
5957         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5958
5959         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5960         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5961         if (! m_isDragging)
5962         {
5963             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5964             {
5965                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5966                 return;
5967             }
5968             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5969                 return;
5970         }
5971
5972         m_isDragging = true;
5973         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5974         {
5975             // Hide the edit control, so it
5976             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5977             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5978             {
5979                 HideCellEditControl();
5980                 SaveEditControlValue();
5981             }
5982
5983             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5984             {
5985                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5986                 {
5987                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5988                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5989                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5990                 }
5991                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5992                 {
5993                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5994                     {
5995                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5996                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5997
5998                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5999                                    coords.GetRow(),
6000                                    coords.GetCol(),
6001                                    event );
6002                         return;
6003                     }
6004                 }
6005                 else
6006                 {
6007                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6008                     {
6009                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6010                     }
6011                     else
6012                     {
6013                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6014                     }
6015                 }
6016
6017                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6018                 {
6019                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6020                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6021                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6022                 }
6023             }
6024             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6025             if (! m_winCapture)
6026             {
6027                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6028                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6029             }
6030
6031
6032         }
6033         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6034                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6035         {
6036             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6037             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6038             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6039
6040             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6041             PrepareDC( dc );
6042             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6043                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6044             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6045             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6046             {
6047                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6048             }
6049             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6050             m_dragLastPos = y;
6051         }
6052         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6053                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6054         {
6055             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6056             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6057             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6058
6059             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6060             PrepareDC( dc );
6061             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6062                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6063             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6064             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6065             {
6066                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6067             }
6068             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6069             m_dragLastPos = x;
6070         }
6071
6072         return;
6073     }
6074
6075     m_isDragging = false;
6076     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6077
6078     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6079     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6080     //     wxGTK
6081 #if 0
6082     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6083     {
6084         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6085         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6086     }
6087     else
6088 #endif // 0
6089
6090     // ------------ Left button pressed
6091     //
6092     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6093     {
6094         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6095                        coords.GetRow(),
6096                        coords.GetCol(),
6097                        event ) )
6098         {
6099             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6100                 ClearSelection();
6101             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6102             {
6103                 if ( m_selection )
6104                 {
6105                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6106                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6107                                               coords.GetRow(),
6108                                               coords.GetCol(),
6109                                               event.ControlDown(),
6110                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6111                                               event.AltDown(),
6112                                               event.MetaDown() );
6113                 }
6114             }
6115             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6116                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6117             {
6118                 DisableCellEditControl();
6119                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6120
6121                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6122                 {
6123                     if ( m_selection )
6124                     {
6125                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6126                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6127                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6128                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6129                                                           event.AltDown(),
6130                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6131                     }
6132                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6133                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6134                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6135                 }
6136                 else
6137                 {
6138                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6139                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6140                     if ( m_selection )
6141                     {
6142                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6143                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6144                         {
6145                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6146                         }
6147                     }
6148                 }
6149             }
6150         }
6151     }
6152
6153     // ------------ Left double click
6154     //
6155     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6156     {
6157         DisableCellEditControl();
6158
6159         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6160         {
6161             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6162                              coords.GetRow(),
6163                              coords.GetCol(),
6164                              event ) )
6165             {
6166                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6167                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6168                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6169             }
6170         }
6171     }
6172
6173     // ------------ Left button released
6174     //
6175     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6176     {
6177         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6178         {
6179             if (m_winCapture)
6180             {
6181                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6182                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6183                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6184             }
6185
6186             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6187             {
6188                 ClearSelection();
6189                 EnableCellEditControl();
6190
6191                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6192                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6193                 editor->StartingClick();
6194                 editor->DecRef();
6195                 attr->DecRef();
6196
6197                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6198             }
6199             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6200                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6201             {
6202                 if ( m_selection )
6203                 {
6204                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6205                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6206                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6207                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6208                                               event.ControlDown(),
6209                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6210                                               event.AltDown(),
6211                                               event.MetaDown() );
6212                 }
6213
6214                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6215                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6216
6217                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6218                 // drag-shrinking.
6219                 ShowCellEditControl();
6220             }
6221         }
6222         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6223         {
6224             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6225             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6226
6227             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6228             // default processing in this case
6229             //
6230             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6231         }
6232         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6233         {
6234             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6235             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6236
6237             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6238             // default processing in this case
6239             //
6240             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6241         }
6242
6243         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6244     }
6245
6246     // ------------ Right button down
6247     //
6248     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6249     {
6250         DisableCellEditControl();
6251         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6252                          coords.GetRow(),
6253                          coords.GetCol(),
6254                          event ) )
6255         {
6256             // no default action at the moment
6257         }
6258     }
6259
6260     // ------------ Right double click
6261     //
6262     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6263     {
6264         DisableCellEditControl();
6265         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6266                          coords.GetRow(),
6267                          coords.GetCol(),
6268                          event ) )
6269         {
6270             // no default action at the moment
6271         }
6272     }
6273
6274     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6275     //
6276     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6277     {
6278         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6279         {
6280             // out of grid cell area
6281             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6282             return;
6283         }
6284
6285         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6286         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6287
6288         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6289         // directions is not implemented yet...
6290         //
6291         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6292         {
6293             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6294             return;
6295         }
6296
6297         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6298         {
6299             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6300
6301             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6302             {
6303                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6304                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6305             }
6306         }
6307         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6308         {
6309             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6310
6311             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6312             {
6313                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6314                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6315             }
6316         }
6317         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6318         {
6319             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6320             {
6321                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6322             }
6323         }
6324     }
6325 }
6326
6327 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6328 {
6329     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6330     {
6331         // erase the last line and resize the row
6332         //
6333         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6334         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6335         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6336
6337         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6338         PrepareDC( dc );
6339         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6340         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6341         HideCellEditControl();
6342         SaveEditControlValue();
6343
6344         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6345         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6346                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6347
6348         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6349         {
6350             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6351             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6352             rect.x = 0;
6353             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6354             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6355             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6356             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6357             rect.width = cw;
6358
6359             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6360             if (m_table)
6361             {
6362                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6363                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6364                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6365                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6366                 {
6367                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6368                     {
6369                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6370                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6371                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6372                     }
6373                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6374                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6375                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6376                 }
6377             }
6378             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6379         }
6380
6381         ShowCellEditControl();
6382     }
6383 }
6384
6385
6386 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6387 {
6388     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6389     {
6390         // erase the last line and resize the col
6391         //
6392         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6393         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6394         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6395
6396         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6397         PrepareDC( dc );
6398         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6399         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6400         HideCellEditControl();
6401         SaveEditControlValue();
6402
6403         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6404         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6405                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6406                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6407
6408         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6409         {
6410             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6411             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6412             rect.y = 0;
6413             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6414             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6415             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6416             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6417             rect.height = ch;
6418
6419             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6420             if (m_table)
6421             {
6422                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6423                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6424                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6425                 if (topRow >= 0)
6426                 {
6427                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6428                     {
6429                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6430                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6431                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6432                     }
6433
6434                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6435                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6436                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6437                 }
6438             }
6439
6440             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6441         }
6442
6443         ShowCellEditControl();
6444     }
6445 }
6446
6447 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6448 {
6449     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6450     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6451     {
6452         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6453         return;
6454     }
6455
6456     int newPos;
6457     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6458         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6459     else
6460     {
6461         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6462         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6463             newPos--;
6464     }
6465
6466     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6467 }
6468
6469 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6470 {
6471     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6472     {
6473         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6474
6475         int i;
6476         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6477         {
6478             m_colAt.Add( i );
6479         }
6480     }
6481
6482     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6483
6484     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6485     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6486     {
6487         int i;
6488         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6489         {
6490             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6491         }
6492     }
6493     else
6494     {
6495         int i;
6496         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6497         {
6498             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6499         }
6500     }
6501
6502     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6503
6504     //Recalculate the column rights
6505     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6506     {
6507         int colRight = 0;
6508         int colPos;
6509         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6510         {
6511             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6512
6513             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6514             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6515         }
6516     }
6517
6518     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6519     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6520 }
6521
6522
6523
6524 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6525 {
6526     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6527         return;
6528
6529     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6530
6531     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6532     {
6533         m_colAt.Clear();
6534
6535         //Recalculate the column rights
6536         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6537         {
6538             int colRight = 0;
6539             int colPos;
6540             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6541             {
6542                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6543                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6544             }
6545         }
6546
6547         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6548         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6549     }
6550 }
6551
6552
6553 //
6554 // ------ interaction with data model
6555 //
6556 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6557 {
6558     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6559     {
6560         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6561             return GetModelValues();
6562
6563         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6564             return SetModelValues();
6565
6566         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6567         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6569         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6570         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6571         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6572             return Redimension( msg );
6573
6574         default:
6575             return false;
6576     }
6577 }
6578
6579 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6580 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6581 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6582 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6583 //
6584 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6585 {
6586     if ( m_table )
6587     {
6588         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6589             DisableCellEditControl();
6590
6591         m_table->Clear();
6592         if (!GetBatchCount())
6593             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6594     }
6595 }
6596
6597 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6598 {
6599     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6600
6601     if ( !m_created )
6602     {
6603         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6604         return false;
6605     }
6606
6607     if ( m_table )
6608     {
6609         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6610             DisableCellEditControl();
6611
6612         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6613         return done;
6614
6615         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6616         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6617     }
6618
6619     return false;
6620 }
6621
6622 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6623 {
6624     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6625
6626     if ( !m_created )
6627     {
6628         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6629         return false;
6630     }
6631
6632     if ( m_table )
6633     {
6634         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6635         return done;
6636
6637         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6638         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6639     }
6640
6641     return false;
6642 }
6643
6644 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6645 {
6646     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6647
6648     if ( !m_created )
6649     {
6650         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6651         return false;
6652     }
6653
6654     if ( m_table )
6655     {
6656         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6657             DisableCellEditControl();
6658
6659         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6660         return done;
6661         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6662         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6663     }
6664
6665     return false;
6666 }
6667
6668 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6669 {
6670     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6671
6672     if ( !m_created )
6673     {
6674         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6675         return false;
6676     }
6677
6678     if ( m_table )
6679     {
6680         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6681             DisableCellEditControl();
6682
6683         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6684         return done;
6685         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6686         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6687     }
6688
6689     return false;
6690 }
6691
6692 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6693 {
6694     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6695
6696     if ( !m_created )
6697     {
6698         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6699         return false;
6700     }
6701
6702     if ( m_table )
6703     {
6704         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6705         return done;
6706         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6707         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6708     }
6709
6710     return false;
6711 }
6712
6713 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6714 {
6715     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6716
6717     if ( !m_created )
6718     {
6719         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6720         return false;
6721     }
6722
6723     if ( m_table )
6724     {
6725         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6726             DisableCellEditControl();
6727
6728         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6729         return done;
6730         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6731         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6732     }
6733
6734     return false;
6735 }
6736
6737 //
6738 // ----- event handlers
6739 //
6740
6741 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6742 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6743 //
6744 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6745                         int row, int col,
6746                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6747 {
6748    bool claimed, vetoed;
6749
6750    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6751    {
6752        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6753
6754        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6755                type,
6756                this,
6757                rowOrCol,
6758                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6759                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6760                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6761                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6762                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6763                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6764
6765        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6766        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6767    }
6768    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6769    {
6770        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6771        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6772                type,
6773                this,
6774                m_selectingTopLeft,
6775                m_selectingBottomRight,
6776                true,
6777                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6778                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6779                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6780                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6781
6782        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6783        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6784    }
6785    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6786              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6787              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6788              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6789    {
6790        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6791
6792        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6793            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6794        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6795            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6796
6797        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6798                type,
6799                this,
6800                row, col,
6801                pos.x,
6802                pos.y,
6803                false,
6804                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6805                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6806                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6807                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6808        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6809        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6810    }
6811    else
6812    {
6813        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6814                type,
6815                this,
6816                row, col,
6817                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6818                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6819                false,
6820                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6821                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6822                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6823                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6824        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6825        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6826    }
6827
6828    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6829    if (vetoed)
6830        return -1;
6831
6832    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6833 }
6834
6835 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6836 // of ProcessEvent().
6837 //
6838 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6839                         int row, int col )
6840 {
6841    bool claimed, vetoed;
6842
6843     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6844     {
6845         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6846
6847         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6848
6849         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6850         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6851     }
6852     else
6853     {
6854         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6855
6856         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6857         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6858      }
6859
6860     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6861     if (vetoed)
6862         return -1;
6863
6864     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6865 }
6866
6867 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6868 {
6869     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6870     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6871 }
6872
6873 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6874 {
6875     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6876     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6877     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6878     {
6879         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6880         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6881
6882         if (rect)
6883         {
6884             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6885             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6886             int x, y;
6887
6888             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6889             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6890             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6891             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6892             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6893
6894             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6895             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6896                 width_label = rectWidth;
6897
6898             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6899             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6900                 height_label = rectHeight;
6901
6902             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6903             {
6904                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6905                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6906             }
6907             else
6908             {
6909                 x = 0;
6910                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6911             }
6912
6913             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6914             {
6915                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6916                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6917             }
6918             else
6919             {
6920                 y = 0;
6921                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6922             }
6923
6924             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6925             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6926             {
6927                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6928                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6929             }
6930
6931             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6932             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6933             {
6934                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6935                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6936             }
6937
6938             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6939             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6940             {
6941                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6942                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6943             }
6944
6945             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6946             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6947             {
6948                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6949                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6950             }
6951         }
6952         else
6953         {
6954             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6955             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6956             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6957             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6958         }
6959     }
6960 }
6961
6962 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6963 {
6964     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6965     {
6966         // reposition our children windows
6967         CalcWindowSizes();
6968     }
6969 }
6970
6971 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6972 {
6973     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6974     {
6975         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6976         //
6977         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6978     }
6979
6980     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6981
6982     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6983     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6984     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6985     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6986
6987     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6988     {
6989         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6990         {
6991             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6992                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6993             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6994                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6995         }
6996
6997         // try local handlers
6998         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6999         {
7000             case WXK_UP:
7001                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7002                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7003                 else
7004                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7005                 break;
7006
7007             case WXK_DOWN:
7008                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7009                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7010                 else
7011                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7012                 break;
7013
7014             case WXK_LEFT:
7015                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7016                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7017                 else
7018                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7019                 break;
7020
7021             case WXK_RIGHT:
7022                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7023                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7024                 else
7025                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7026                 break;
7027
7028             case WXK_RETURN:
7029             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7030                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7031                 {
7032                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7033                 }
7034                 else
7035                 {
7036                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7037                     {
7038                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7039                     }
7040                     else
7041                     {
7042                         // at the bottom of a column
7043                         DisableCellEditControl();
7044                     }
7045                 }
7046                 break;
7047
7048             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7049                 ClearSelection();
7050                 break;
7051
7052             case WXK_TAB:
7053                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7054                 {
7055                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7056                     {
7057                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7058                     }
7059                     else
7060                     {
7061                         // at left of grid
7062                         DisableCellEditControl();
7063                     }
7064                 }
7065                 else
7066                 {
7067                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7068                     {
7069                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7070                     }
7071                     else
7072                     {
7073                         // at right of grid
7074                         DisableCellEditControl();
7075                     }
7076                 }
7077                 break;
7078
7079             case WXK_HOME:
7080                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7081                 {
7082                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7083                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7084                 }
7085                 else
7086                 {
7087                     event.Skip();
7088                 }
7089                 break;
7090
7091             case WXK_END:
7092                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7093                 {
7094                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7095                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7096                 }
7097                 else
7098                 {
7099                     event.Skip();
7100                 }
7101                 break;
7102
7103             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7104                 MovePageUp();
7105                 break;
7106
7107             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7108                 MovePageDown();
7109                 break;
7110
7111             case WXK_SPACE:
7112                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7113                 {
7114                     if ( m_selection )
7115                     {
7116                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7117                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7118                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7119                             event.ControlDown(),
7120                             event.ShiftDown(),
7121                             event.AltDown(),
7122                             event.MetaDown() );
7123                     }
7124                     break;
7125                 }
7126
7127                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7128                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7129                 else
7130                     event.Skip();
7131                 break;
7132
7133             default:
7134                 event.Skip();
7135                 break;
7136         }
7137     }
7138
7139     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7140 }
7141
7142 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7143 {
7144     // try local handlers
7145     //
7146     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7147     {
7148         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7149              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7150         {
7151             if ( m_selection )
7152             {
7153                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7154                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7155                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7156                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7157                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7158                     event.ControlDown(),
7159                     true,
7160                     event.AltDown(),
7161                     event.MetaDown() );
7162             }
7163         }
7164
7165         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7166         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7167         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7168     }
7169 }
7170
7171 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7172 {
7173     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7174     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7175     {
7176         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7177         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7178         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7179         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7180         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7181
7182         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7183         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7184         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7185              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7186         {
7187             // ensure cell is visble
7188             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7189             EnableCellEditControl();
7190
7191             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7192             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7193             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7194             // crash the app
7195             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7196                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7197         }
7198         else
7199         {
7200             event.Skip();
7201         }
7202
7203         editor->DecRef();
7204         attr->DecRef();
7205     }
7206     else
7207     {
7208         event.Skip();
7209     }
7210 }
7211
7212 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7213 {
7214 }
7215
7216 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7217 {
7218     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7219     {
7220         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7221         return;
7222     }
7223
7224 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7225     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7226     PrepareDC( dc );
7227 #endif
7228
7229     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7230     {
7231         DisableCellEditControl();
7232
7233         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7234         {
7235             wxRect r;
7236             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7237             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7238             {
7239                 r.x--;
7240                 r.y--;
7241                 r.width++;
7242                 r.height++;
7243             }
7244
7245             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7246
7247             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7248             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7249
7250 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7251             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7252 #else
7253             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7254             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7255 #endif
7256         }
7257     }
7258
7259     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7260
7261     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7262 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7263     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7264 #endif
7265     attr->DecRef();
7266 }
7267
7268 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7269 {
7270     int temp;
7271     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7272
7273     if ( m_selection )
7274     {
7275         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7276         {
7277             leftCol = 0;
7278             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7279         }
7280         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7281         {
7282             topRow = 0;
7283             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7284         }
7285     }
7286
7287     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7288     {
7289         temp = topRow;
7290         topRow = bottomRow;
7291         bottomRow = temp;
7292     }
7293
7294     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7295     {
7296         temp = leftCol;
7297         leftCol = rightCol;
7298         rightCol = temp;
7299     }
7300
7301     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7302     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7303
7304     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7305     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7306          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7307     {
7308         wxRect rect;
7309         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7310                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7311         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7312     }
7313
7314     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7315     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7316               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7317     {
7318         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7319         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7320         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7321         wxRect  rect[4];
7322         bool    need_refresh[4];
7323         need_refresh[0] =
7324         need_refresh[1] =
7325         need_refresh[2] =
7326         need_refresh[3] = false;
7327         int     i;
7328
7329         // Store intermediate values
7330         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7331         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7332         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7333         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7334
7335         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7336         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7337         {
7338             temp = oldLeft;
7339             oldLeft = leftCol;
7340             leftCol = temp;
7341         }
7342         if (oldTop > topRow )
7343         {
7344             temp = oldTop;
7345             oldTop = topRow;
7346             topRow = temp;
7347         }
7348         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7349         {
7350             temp = oldRight;
7351             oldRight = rightCol;
7352             rightCol = temp;
7353         }
7354         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7355         {
7356             temp = oldBottom;
7357             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7358             bottomRow = temp;
7359         }
7360
7361         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7362         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7363         // is contained in the other.
7364
7365         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7366         {
7367             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7368             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7369             need_refresh[0] = true;
7370             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7371                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7372                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7373         }
7374
7375         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7376         {
7377             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7378             // area above the old or new selection.
7379             need_refresh[1] = true;
7380             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7381                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7382                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7383         }
7384
7385         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7386         {
7387             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7388             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7389             need_refresh[2] = true;
7390             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7391                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7392                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7393         }
7394
7395         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7396         {
7397             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7398             // area below the old or new selection.
7399             need_refresh[3] = true;
7400             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7401                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7402                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7403         }
7404
7405         // various Refresh() calls
7406         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7407             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7408                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7409     }
7410
7411     // change selection
7412     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7413     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7414 }
7415
7416 //
7417 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7418 //
7419
7420 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7421 {
7422     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7423     HideCellEditControl();
7424
7425     if ( m_table )
7426     {
7427         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7428         //
7429         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7430         return true;
7431     }
7432
7433     return false;
7434 }
7435
7436 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7437 {
7438     int row, col;
7439
7440     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7441     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7442     // I think so ...
7443     DisableCellEditControl();
7444
7445     if ( m_table )
7446     {
7447         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7448         {
7449             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7450             {
7451                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7452             }
7453         }
7454
7455         return true;
7456     }
7457
7458     return false;
7459 }
7460
7461 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7462 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7463 // CalcExposedCells)
7464 //
7465 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7466 {
7467     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7468         return;
7469
7470     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7471     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7472     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7473
7474     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7475     {
7476         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7477         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7478         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7479
7480         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7481         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7482         {
7483             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7484             bool marked = false;
7485             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7486             {
7487                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7488                 {
7489                     marked = true;
7490                     break;
7491                 }
7492             }
7493
7494             if (!marked)
7495             {
7496                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7497                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7498                 {
7499                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7500                     {
7501                         marked = true;
7502                         break;
7503                     }
7504                 }
7505
7506                 if (!marked)
7507                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7508             }
7509
7510             // don't bother drawing this cell
7511             continue;
7512         }
7513
7514         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7515         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7516         {
7517             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7518             {
7519                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7520                 int left = col;
7521                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7522                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7523                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7524                     {
7525                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7526                     }
7527
7528                 if (left == col)
7529                     left = 0; // oh well
7530
7531                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7532                 {
7533                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7534                     {
7535                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7536                         {
7537                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7538                             bool marked = false;
7539
7540                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7541                             {
7542                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7543                                 {
7544                                     marked = true;
7545                                     break;
7546                                 }
7547                             }
7548
7549                             if (!marked)
7550                             {
7551                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7552                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7553                                 {
7554                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7555                                     {
7556                                         marked = true;
7557                                         break;
7558                                     }
7559                                 }
7560                                 if (!marked)
7561                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7562                             }
7563                         }
7564                         break;
7565                     }
7566                 }
7567             }
7568         }
7569
7570         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7571     }
7572
7573     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7574
7575     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7576     {
7577         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7578     }
7579 }
7580
7581 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7582 {
7583   int cw, ch;
7584   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7585
7586   int right, bottom;
7587   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7588
7589   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7590   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7591
7592   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7593   {
7594       int left, top;
7595       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7596
7597       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7598       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7599
7600       if ( right > rightCol )
7601       {
7602           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7603       }
7604
7605       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7606       {
7607           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7608       }
7609   }
7610 }
7611
7612 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7613 {
7614     int row = coords.GetRow();
7615     int col = coords.GetCol();
7616
7617     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7618         return;
7619
7620     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7621 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7622     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7623         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7624 #endif
7625
7626     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7627
7628     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7629
7630     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7631
7632     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7633     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7634     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7635     {
7636         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7637         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7638         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7639         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7640 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7641         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7642         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7643         editor->DecRef();
7644 #endif
7645     }
7646     else
7647     {
7648         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7649         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7650         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7651         renderer->DecRef();
7652     }
7653
7654     attr->DecRef();
7655 }
7656
7657 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7658 {
7659     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7660     if ( !HasFocus() )
7661         return;
7662
7663     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7664     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7665
7666     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7667         return;
7668
7669     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7670
7671     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7672     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7673     // it doesn't look really good
7674
7675     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7676
7677     if (penWidth > 0)
7678     {
7679         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7680         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7681         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7682         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7683         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7684         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7685         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7686         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7687         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7688
7689         // Now draw the rectangle
7690         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7691         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7692         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7693         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7694         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7695     }
7696
7697 #if 0
7698         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7699
7700         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7701         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7702                 y1 = rect.y,
7703                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7704                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7705
7706         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7707         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7708         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7709
7710         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7711         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7712
7713         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7714         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7715         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7716 #endif
7717 }
7718
7719 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7720 {
7721     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7722 }
7723
7724 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7725 {
7726     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7727 }
7728
7729 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7730 {
7731     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7732 }
7733
7734 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7735 {
7736     int row = coords.GetRow();
7737     int col = coords.GetCol();
7738     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7739         return;
7740
7741
7742     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7743
7744     // right hand border
7745     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7746     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7747                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7748
7749     // bottom border
7750     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7751     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7752                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7753 }
7754
7755 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7756 {
7757     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7758     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7759     //
7760     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7761          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7762     {
7763         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7764     }
7765
7766     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7767     {
7768         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7769         return;
7770     }
7771
7772     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7773     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7774     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7775     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7776     {
7777         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
7778
7779         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
7780         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
7781         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
7782         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
7783         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
7784         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7785         {
7786             int rows = 0,
7787                 cols = 0;
7788             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
7789
7790             if ( rows < 0 )
7791                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
7792
7793             if ( cols < 0 )
7794                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
7795         }
7796
7797         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
7798         {
7799             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7800             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7801             attr->DecRef();
7802
7803             break;
7804         }
7805     }
7806 }
7807
7808 // TODO: remove this ???
7809 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7810 // has been changed
7811 //
7812 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7813 {
7814 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7815     return;
7816 #endif
7817
7818     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7819          return;
7820
7821     int top, bottom, left, right;
7822
7823 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7824     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7825     {
7826       int cw, ch;
7827       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7828
7829       // virtual coords of visible area
7830       //
7831       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7832       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7833     }
7834     else
7835     {
7836       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7837       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7838       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7839       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7840     }
7841 #else
7842       int cw, ch;
7843       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7844       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7845       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7846 #endif
7847
7848     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7849     //
7850     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7851     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7852
7853     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7854     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7855     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7856     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7857     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7858
7859     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7860
7861     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7862     wxRect rect;
7863
7864     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7865     {
7866         int colPos;
7867         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7868         {
7869             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7870
7871             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7872             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7873             {
7874                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7875                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7876                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7877             }
7878             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7879             {
7880                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7881                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7882                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7883             }
7884         }
7885     }
7886
7887     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7888
7889
7890     // horizontal grid lines
7891     //
7892     // already declared above - int i;
7893     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7894     {
7895         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7896
7897         if ( bot > bottom )
7898         {
7899             break;
7900         }
7901
7902         if ( bot >= top )
7903         {
7904             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7905             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7906         }
7907     }
7908
7909     // vertical grid lines
7910     //
7911     int colPos;
7912     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7913     {
7914         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7915
7916         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7917 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7918         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7919 #endif
7920             colRight--;
7921
7922         if ( colRight > right )
7923         {
7924             break;
7925         }
7926
7927         if ( colRight >= left )
7928         {
7929             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7930             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7931         }
7932     }
7933
7934     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7935 }
7936
7937 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7938 {
7939     if ( !m_numRows )
7940         return;
7941
7942     size_t i;
7943     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7944
7945     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7946     {
7947         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7948     }
7949 }
7950
7951 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7952 {
7953     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7954         return;
7955
7956     wxRect rect;
7957
7958     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7959         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7960
7961     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7962     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7963     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7964     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7965
7966     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7967     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7968     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7969
7970     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7971     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7972     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7973
7974     int hAlign, vAlign;
7975     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7976
7977     rect.SetX( 2 );
7978     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7979     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7980     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7981     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7982 }
7983
7984 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7985 {
7986     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7987     if (native)
7988     {
7989         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7990         SetColLabelSize( height );
7991     }
7992
7993     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7994 }
7995
7996 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7997 {
7998     if ( !m_numCols )
7999         return;
8000
8001     size_t i;
8002     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8003
8004     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8005     {
8006         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8007     }
8008 }
8009
8010 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
8011 {
8012     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8013         return;
8014
8015     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8016
8017     wxRect rect;
8018
8019     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8020     {
8021         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8022         rect.SetY( 0 );
8023         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8024         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8025
8026         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8027         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8028     }
8029     else
8030     {
8031         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8032
8033         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8034         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8035         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8036         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8037                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8038
8039         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8040         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8041         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8042     }
8043
8044     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8045     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8046     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8047
8048     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8049     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8050     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8051
8052     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8053     rect.SetY( 2 );
8054     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8055     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8056     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8057 }
8058
8059 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8060                                 const wxString& value,
8061                                 const wxRect& rect,
8062                                 int horizAlign,
8063                                 int vertAlign,
8064                                 int textOrientation )
8065 {
8066     wxArrayString lines;
8067
8068     StringToLines( value, lines );
8069
8070     // Forward to new API.
8071     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8072         lines,
8073         rect,
8074         horizAlign,
8075         vertAlign,
8076         textOrientation );
8077 }
8078
8079 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8080 //     add textOrientation support
8081 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8082                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8083                                const wxRect& rect,
8084                                int horizAlign,
8085                                int vertAlign,
8086                                int textOrientation)
8087 {
8088     if ( lines.empty() )
8089         return;
8090
8091     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8092
8093     long textWidth,
8094          textHeight;
8095
8096     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8097         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8098     else
8099         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8100
8101     int x = 0,
8102         y = 0;
8103     switch ( vertAlign )
8104     {
8105         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8106             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8107                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8108             else
8109                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8110             break;
8111
8112         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8113             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8114                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8115             else
8116                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8117             break;
8118
8119         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8120         default:
8121             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8122                 y = rect.y + 1;
8123             else
8124                 x = rect.x + 1;
8125             break;
8126     }
8127
8128     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8129     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8130     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8131     {
8132         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8133
8134         if ( line.empty() )
8135         {
8136             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8137             continue;
8138         }
8139
8140         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8141              lineHeight = 0;
8142         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8143
8144         switch ( horizAlign )
8145         {
8146             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8147                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8148                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8149                 else
8150                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8151                 break;
8152
8153             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8154                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8155                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8156                 else
8157                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8158                 break;
8159
8160             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8161             default:
8162                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8163                     x = rect.x + 1;
8164                 else
8165                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8166                 break;
8167         }
8168
8169         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8170         {
8171             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8172             y += lineHeight;
8173         }
8174         else
8175         {
8176             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8177             x += lineHeight;
8178         }
8179     }
8180 }
8181
8182 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8183 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8184 //
8185 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8186 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8187 {
8188     int startPos = 0;
8189     int pos;
8190     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8191     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8192
8193     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8194     {
8195         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8196         if ( pos < 0 )
8197         {
8198             break;
8199         }
8200         else if ( pos == 0 )
8201         {
8202             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8203         }
8204         else
8205         {
8206             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8207         }
8208
8209         startPos += pos + 1;
8210     }
8211
8212     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8213     {
8214         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8215     }
8216 }
8217
8218 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8219                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8220                              long *width, long *height ) const
8221 {
8222     wxCoord w = 0;
8223     wxCoord h = 0;
8224     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8225
8226     size_t i;
8227     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8228     {
8229         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8230         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8231         h += lineH;
8232     }
8233
8234     *width = w;
8235     *height = h;
8236 }
8237
8238 //
8239 // ------ Batch processing.
8240 //
8241 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8242 {
8243     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8244     {
8245         m_batchCount--;
8246         if ( !m_batchCount )
8247         {
8248             CalcDimensions();
8249             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8250             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8251             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8252             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8253         }
8254     }
8255 }
8256
8257 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8258 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8259 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8260 //
8261 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8262 {
8263     BeginBatch();
8264     EndBatch();
8265 }
8266
8267 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8268 {
8269     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8270         return false;
8271
8272     // redraw in the new state
8273     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8274
8275     return true;
8276 }
8277
8278 //
8279 // ------ Edit control functions
8280 //
8281
8282 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8283 {
8284     // TODO: improve this ?
8285     //
8286     if ( edit != m_editable )
8287     {
8288         if (!edit)
8289             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8290         m_editable = edit;
8291     }
8292 }
8293
8294 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8295 {
8296     if (! m_editable)
8297         return;
8298
8299     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8300     {
8301         if ( enable )
8302         {
8303             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8304                 return;
8305
8306             // this should be checked by the caller!
8307             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8308
8309             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8310             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8311
8312             ShowCellEditControl();
8313         }
8314         else
8315         {
8316             //FIXME:add veto support
8317             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8318
8319             HideCellEditControl();
8320             SaveEditControlValue();
8321
8322             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8323             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8324         }
8325     }
8326 }
8327
8328 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8329 {
8330     // const_cast
8331     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8332     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8333     attr->DecRef();
8334
8335     return readonly;
8336 }
8337
8338 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8339 {
8340     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8341         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8342 }
8343
8344 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8345 {
8346     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8347     // current one if it's read only
8348     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8349 }
8350
8351 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8352 {
8353     bool isShown = false;
8354
8355     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8356     {
8357         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8358         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8359         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8360         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8361         attr->DecRef();
8362
8363         if ( editor )
8364         {
8365             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8366             {
8367                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8368             }
8369
8370             editor->DecRef();
8371         }
8372     }
8373
8374     return isShown;
8375 }
8376
8377 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8378 {
8379     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8380     {
8381         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8382         {
8383             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8384             return;
8385         }
8386         else
8387         {
8388             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8389             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8390             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8391
8392             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8393             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8394             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8395             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8396             {
8397                 row += cell_rows;
8398                 col += cell_cols;
8399                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8400                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8401             }
8402
8403             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8404             // might not cover the entire cell
8405             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8406             PrepareDC( dc );
8407             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8408             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8409             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8410             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8411
8412             // convert to scrolled coords
8413             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8414
8415             int nXMove = 0;
8416             if (rect.x < 0)
8417                 nXMove = rect.x;
8418
8419             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8420             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8421             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8422             // "don't change."
8423             if (rect.x > 0)
8424                 rect.x--;
8425             if (rect.y > 0)
8426                 rect.y--;
8427
8428             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8429             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8430             {
8431                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8432                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8433
8434                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8435                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8436                                              this,
8437                                              row,
8438                                              col,
8439                                              editor->GetControl());
8440                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8441             }
8442
8443             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8444             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8445             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8446             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8447             {
8448                 int y;
8449                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8450                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8451                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8452             }
8453
8454             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8455             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8456                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8457
8458             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8459             {
8460                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8461                 // may have changed earlier
8462                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8463                 {
8464                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8465                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8466
8467                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8468                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8469                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8470                     {
8471                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8472                     }
8473                     else
8474                         break;
8475                 }
8476
8477                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8478                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8479             }
8480
8481             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8482             editor->SetSize( rect );
8483             if (nXMove != 0)
8484                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8485                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8486                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8487             editor->Show( true, attr );
8488
8489             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8490             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8491             CalcDimensions();
8492
8493             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8494             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8495
8496             editor->DecRef();
8497             attr->DecRef();
8498         }
8499     }
8500 }
8501
8502 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8503 {
8504     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8505     {
8506         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8507         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8508
8509         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8510         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8511         editor->Show( false );
8512         editor->DecRef();
8513         attr->DecRef();
8514
8515         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8516
8517         // refresh whole row to the right
8518         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8519         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8520         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8521
8522 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8523         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8524         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8525 #endif
8526
8527         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8528     }
8529 }
8530
8531 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8532 {
8533     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8534     {
8535         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8536         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8537
8538         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8539
8540         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8541         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8542         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8543
8544         editor->DecRef();
8545         attr->DecRef();
8546
8547         if (changed)
8548         {
8549             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8550                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8551                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8552             {
8553                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8554                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8555             }
8556         }
8557     }
8558 }
8559
8560 //
8561 // ------ Grid location functions
8562 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8563 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8564 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8565 //
8566
8567 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8568 {
8569     int row = YToRow(y);
8570     int col = XToCol(x);
8571
8572     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8573     {
8574         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8575     }
8576     else
8577     {
8578         coords.Set( row, col );
8579     }
8580 }
8581
8582 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8583 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8584 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8585 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8586
8587 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8588                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8589                            bool clipToMinMax)
8590 {
8591     if (coord < 0)
8592         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8593
8594     if (!defaultDist)
8595         defaultDist = 1;
8596
8597     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8598            i_min = 0;
8599
8600     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8601     {
8602         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8603             return i_max;
8604         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8605     }
8606
8607     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8608     {
8609         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8610     }
8611     else
8612     {
8613         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8614         {
8615             i_min = i_max;
8616             if (minDist)
8617                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8618             else
8619                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8620         }
8621
8622         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8623             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8624     }
8625
8626     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8627         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8628     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8629         return 0;
8630
8631     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8632     {
8633         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8634                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8635         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8636             return i_max;
8637         else
8638             i_max--;
8639         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8640         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8641             i_max = median;
8642         else
8643             i_min = median;
8644     }
8645
8646     return i_max;
8647 }
8648
8649 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8650 {
8651     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8652                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8653 }
8654
8655 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8656 {
8657     if (x < 0)
8658         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8659
8660     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8661
8662     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8663     int minPos = 0;
8664
8665     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8666     {
8667         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8668             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8669         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8670     }
8671
8672     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8673         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8674     else
8675     {
8676         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8677         {
8678             minPos = maxPos;
8679             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8680                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8681             else
8682                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8683         }
8684         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8685             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8686     }
8687
8688     //X is beyond the last column
8689     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8690         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8691
8692     //X is before the first column
8693     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8694         return GetColAt( 0 );
8695
8696     //Perform a binary search
8697     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8698     {
8699         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8700                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8701
8702         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8703             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8704         else
8705             maxPos--;
8706         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8707         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8708             maxPos = median;
8709         else
8710             minPos = median;
8711     }
8712     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8713 }
8714
8715 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8716 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8717 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8718 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8719 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8720 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8721 //        near the edge).
8722 //   and
8723 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8724 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8725 //
8726 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8727 {
8728     int i;
8729     i = internalYToRow(y);
8730
8731     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8732     {
8733         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8734         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8735         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8736             return i;
8737         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8738             return i - 1;
8739     }
8740
8741     return -1;
8742 }
8743
8744 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8745 // -1 if not near an edge
8746 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8747 //
8748 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8749 {
8750     int i;
8751     i = internalXToCol(x);
8752
8753     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8754     {
8755         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8756         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8757         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8758             return i;
8759         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8760             return i - 1;
8761     }
8762
8763     return -1;
8764 }
8765
8766 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8767 {
8768     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8769
8770     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8771          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8772     {
8773         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8774         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8775         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8776         // if negative then find multicell owner
8777         if (cell_rows < 0)
8778             row += cell_rows;
8779         if (cell_cols < 0)
8780              col += cell_cols;
8781         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8782
8783         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8784         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8785         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8786             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8787         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8788             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8789     }
8790
8791     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8792     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8793     {
8794         rect.width -= 1;
8795         rect.height -= 1;
8796     }
8797
8798     return rect;
8799 }
8800
8801 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8802 {
8803     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8804     //
8805     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8806
8807     // convert to device coords
8808     //
8809     int left, top, right, bottom;
8810     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8811     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8812
8813     // check against the client area of the grid window
8814     int cw, ch;
8815     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8816
8817     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8818     {
8819         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8820         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8821                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8822     }
8823     else
8824     {
8825         // is the cell partly visible ?
8826         //
8827         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8828                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8829     }
8830 }
8831
8832 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8833 // of scrolling
8834 //
8835 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8836 {
8837     int i;
8838     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8839
8840     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8841          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8842     {
8843         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8844         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8845
8846         // convert to device coords
8847         int left, top, right, bottom;
8848         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8849         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8850
8851         int cw, ch;
8852         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8853
8854         if ( top < 0 )
8855         {
8856             ypos = r.GetTop();
8857         }
8858         else if ( bottom > ch )
8859         {
8860             int h = r.GetHeight();
8861             ypos = r.GetTop();
8862             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8863             {
8864                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8865                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8866                     break;
8867
8868                 h += rowHeight;
8869                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8870             }
8871
8872             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8873             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8874             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8875             //
8876             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8877             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8878             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8879         }
8880
8881         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8882         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8883         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8884 //      if ( left < 0 )
8885         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8886         {
8887             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8888         }
8889         else if ( right > cw )
8890         {
8891             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8892             int x0, y0;
8893             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8894             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8895
8896             // see comment for ypos above
8897             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8898         }
8899
8900         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8901         {
8902             if ( xpos != -1 )
8903                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8904             if ( ypos != -1 )
8905                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8906             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8907             AdjustScrollbars();
8908         }
8909     }
8910 }
8911
8912 //
8913 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8914 //
8915
8916 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8917 {
8918     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8919          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8920     {
8921         if ( expandSelection )
8922         {
8923             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8924                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8925             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8926             {
8927                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8928                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8929                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8930                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8931             }
8932         }
8933         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8934         {
8935             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8936             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8937             ClearSelection();
8938             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8939             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8940         }
8941         else
8942             return false;
8943
8944         return true;
8945     }
8946
8947     return false;
8948 }
8949
8950 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8951 {
8952     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8953          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8954     {
8955         if ( expandSelection )
8956         {
8957             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8958                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8959             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8960             {
8961                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8962                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8963                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8964                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8965             }
8966         }
8967         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8968         {
8969             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8970             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8971             ClearSelection();
8972             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8973             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8974         }
8975         else
8976             return false;
8977
8978         return true;
8979     }
8980
8981     return false;
8982 }
8983
8984 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8985 {
8986     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8987          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8988     {
8989         if ( expandSelection )
8990         {
8991             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8992                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8993             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8994             {
8995                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8996                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8997                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8998                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8999             }
9000         }
9001         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
9002         {
9003             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9004             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
9005             ClearSelection();
9006
9007             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9008             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9009         }
9010         else
9011             return false;
9012
9013         return true;
9014     }
9015
9016     return false;
9017 }
9018
9019 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9020 {
9021     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9022          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9023     {
9024         if ( expandSelection )
9025         {
9026             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9027                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9028             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9029             {
9030                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9031                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9032                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9033                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9034             }
9035         }
9036         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9037         {
9038             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9039             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9040             ClearSelection();
9041
9042             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9043             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9044         }
9045         else
9046             return false;
9047
9048         return true;
9049     }
9050
9051     return false;
9052 }
9053
9054 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9055 {
9056     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9057         return false;
9058
9059     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9060     if ( row > 0 )
9061     {
9062         int cw, ch;
9063         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9064
9065         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9066         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9067
9068         if ( newRow == row )
9069         {
9070             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9071             newRow = row - 1;
9072         }
9073
9074         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9075         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9076
9077         return true;
9078     }
9079
9080     return false;
9081 }
9082
9083 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9084 {
9085     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9086         return false;
9087
9088     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9089     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9090     {
9091         int cw, ch;
9092         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9093
9094         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9095         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9096         if ( newRow == row )
9097         {
9098             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9099             newRow = row + 1;
9100         }
9101
9102         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9103         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9104
9105         return true;
9106     }
9107
9108     return false;
9109 }
9110
9111 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9112 {
9113     if ( m_table &&
9114          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9115          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9116     {
9117         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9118         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9119
9120         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9121         {
9122             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9123             // non-empty cells
9124             //
9125             while ( row > 0 )
9126             {
9127                 row--;
9128                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9129                     break;
9130             }
9131         }
9132         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9133         {
9134             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9135             //
9136             row--;
9137             while ( row > 0 )
9138             {
9139                 row--;
9140                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9141                     break;
9142             }
9143         }
9144         else
9145         {
9146             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9147             //
9148             while ( row > 0 )
9149             {
9150                 row--;
9151                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9152                 {
9153                     row++;
9154                     break;
9155                 }
9156             }
9157         }
9158
9159         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9160         if ( expandSelection )
9161         {
9162             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9163             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9164         }
9165         else
9166         {
9167             ClearSelection();
9168             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9169         }
9170
9171         return true;
9172     }
9173
9174     return false;
9175 }
9176
9177 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9178 {
9179     if ( m_table &&
9180          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9181          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9182     {
9183         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9184         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9185
9186         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9187         {
9188             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9189             // non-empty cells
9190             //
9191             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9192             {
9193                 row++;
9194                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9195                     break;
9196             }
9197         }
9198         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9199         {
9200             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9201             //
9202             row++;
9203             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9204             {
9205                 row++;
9206                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9207                     break;
9208             }
9209         }
9210         else
9211         {
9212             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9213             //
9214             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9215             {
9216                 row++;
9217                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9218                 {
9219                     row--;
9220                     break;
9221                 }
9222             }
9223         }
9224
9225         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9226         if ( expandSelection )
9227         {
9228             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9229             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9230         }
9231         else
9232         {
9233             ClearSelection();
9234             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9235         }
9236
9237         return true;
9238     }
9239
9240     return false;
9241 }
9242
9243 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9244 {
9245     if ( m_table &&
9246          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9247          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9248     {
9249         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9250         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9251
9252         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9253         {
9254             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9255             // non-empty cells
9256             //
9257             while ( col > 0 )
9258             {
9259                 col--;
9260                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9261                     break;
9262             }
9263         }
9264         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9265         {
9266             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9267             //
9268             col--;
9269             while ( col > 0 )
9270             {
9271                 col--;
9272                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9273                     break;
9274             }
9275         }
9276         else
9277         {
9278             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9279             //
9280             while ( col > 0 )
9281             {
9282                 col--;
9283                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9284                 {
9285                     col++;
9286                     break;
9287                 }
9288             }
9289         }
9290
9291         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9292         if ( expandSelection )
9293         {
9294             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9295             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9296         }
9297         else
9298         {
9299             ClearSelection();
9300             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9301         }
9302
9303         return true;
9304     }
9305
9306     return false;
9307 }
9308
9309 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9310 {
9311     if ( m_table &&
9312          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9313          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9314     {
9315         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9316         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9317
9318         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9319         {
9320             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9321             // non-empty cells
9322             //
9323             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9324             {
9325                 col++;
9326                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9327                     break;
9328             }
9329         }
9330         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9331         {
9332             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9333             //
9334             col++;
9335             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9336             {
9337                 col++;
9338                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9339                     break;
9340             }
9341         }
9342         else
9343         {
9344             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9345             //
9346             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9347             {
9348                 col++;
9349                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9350                 {
9351                     col--;
9352                     break;
9353                 }
9354             }
9355         }
9356
9357         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9358         if ( expandSelection )
9359         {
9360             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9361             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9362         }
9363         else
9364         {
9365             ClearSelection();
9366             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9367         }
9368
9369         return true;
9370     }
9371
9372     return false;
9373 }
9374
9375 //
9376 // ------ Label values and formatting
9377 //
9378
9379 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9380 {
9381     if ( horiz )
9382         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9383     if ( vert )
9384         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9385 }
9386
9387 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9388 {
9389     if ( horiz )
9390         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9391     if ( vert )
9392         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9393 }
9394
9395 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9396 {
9397     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9398 }
9399
9400 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9401 {
9402     if ( m_table )
9403     {
9404         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9405     }
9406     else
9407     {
9408         wxString s;
9409         s << row;
9410         return s;
9411     }
9412 }
9413
9414 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9415 {
9416     if ( m_table )
9417     {
9418         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9419     }
9420     else
9421     {
9422         wxString s;
9423         s << col;
9424         return s;
9425     }
9426 }
9427
9428 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9429 {
9430     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9431
9432     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9433     {
9434         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9435     }
9436
9437     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9438     {
9439         if ( width == 0 )
9440         {
9441             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9442             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9443         }
9444         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9445         {
9446             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9447             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9448                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9449         }
9450
9451         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9452         CalcWindowSizes();
9453         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9454     }
9455 }
9456
9457 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9458 {
9459     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9460
9461     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9462     {
9463         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9464     }
9465
9466     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9467     {
9468         if ( height == 0 )
9469         {
9470             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9471             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9472         }
9473         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9474         {
9475             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9476             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9477                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9478         }
9479
9480         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9481         CalcWindowSizes();
9482         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9483     }
9484 }
9485
9486 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9487 {
9488     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9489     {
9490         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9491         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9492         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9493         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9494
9495         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9496         {
9497             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9498             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9499             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9500         }
9501     }
9502 }
9503
9504 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9505 {
9506     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9507     {
9508         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9509         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9510         {
9511             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9512             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9513         }
9514     }
9515 }
9516
9517 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9518 {
9519     m_labelFont = font;
9520     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9521     {
9522         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9523         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9524     }
9525 }
9526
9527 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9528 {
9529     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9530     switch ( horiz )
9531     {
9532         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9533         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9534         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9535     }
9536
9537     switch ( vert )
9538     {
9539         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9540         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9541         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9542     }
9543
9544     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9545     {
9546         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9547     }
9548
9549     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9550     {
9551         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9552     }
9553
9554     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9555     {
9556         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9557     }
9558 }
9559
9560 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9561 {
9562     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9563     switch ( horiz )
9564     {
9565         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9566         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9567         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9568     }
9569
9570     switch ( vert )
9571     {
9572         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9573         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9574         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9575     }
9576
9577     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9578     {
9579         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9580     }
9581
9582     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9583     {
9584         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9585     }
9586
9587     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9588     {
9589         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9590     }
9591 }
9592
9593 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9594 //       does not support vertical printing
9595 //
9596 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9597 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9598 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9599 //
9600 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9601 {
9602     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9603         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9604
9605     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9606         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9607 }
9608
9609 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9610 {
9611     if ( m_table )
9612     {
9613         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9614         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9615         {
9616             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9617             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9618             {
9619                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9620                 rect.x = 0;
9621                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9622                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9623             }
9624         }
9625     }
9626 }
9627
9628 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9629 {
9630     if ( m_table )
9631     {
9632         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9633         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9634         {
9635             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9636             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9637             {
9638                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9639                 rect.y = 0;
9640                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9641                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9642             }
9643         }
9644     }
9645 }
9646
9647 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9648 {
9649     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9650     {
9651         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9652
9653         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9654         PrepareDC( dc );
9655         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9656     }
9657 }
9658
9659 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9660 {
9661     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9662     {
9663         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9664
9665         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9666         PrepareDC( dc );
9667         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9668         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9669         attr->DecRef();
9670     }
9671 }
9672
9673 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9674 {
9675     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9676     {
9677         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9678
9679         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9680         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9681         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9682         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9683         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9684             return;
9685
9686         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9687         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9688     }
9689 }
9690
9691 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9692 {
9693     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9694     {
9695         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9696
9697         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9698         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9699         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9700         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9701         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9702                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9703             return;
9704
9705         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9706         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9707     }
9708 }
9709
9710 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9711 {
9712     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9713     {
9714         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9715
9716         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9717         {
9718             if ( enable )
9719             {
9720                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9721                 PrepareDC( dc );
9722                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9723             }
9724             else
9725             {
9726                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9727             }
9728         }
9729     }
9730 }
9731
9732 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9733 {
9734     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9735 }
9736
9737 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9738 {
9739     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9740
9741     return GetRowHeight(row);
9742 }
9743
9744 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9745 {
9746     return m_defaultColWidth;
9747 }
9748
9749 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9750 {
9751     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9752
9753     return GetColWidth(col);
9754 }
9755
9756 // ============================================================================
9757 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9758 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9759 // ============================================================================
9760
9761 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9762 // setting default attributes
9763 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9764
9765 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9766 {
9767     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9768 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9769     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9770 #endif
9771 }
9772
9773 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9774 {
9775     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9776 }
9777
9778 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9779 {
9780     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9781 }
9782
9783 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9784 {
9785     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9786 }
9787
9788 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9789 {
9790     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9791 }
9792
9793 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9794 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9795 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9796 // work correctly.
9797
9798 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9799 {
9800     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9801                      renderer,
9802                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9803 }
9804
9805 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9806 {
9807     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9808                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9809                      editor);
9810 }
9811
9812 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9813 // access to the default attributes
9814 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9815
9816 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9817 {
9818     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9819 }
9820
9821 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9822 {
9823     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9824 }
9825
9826 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9827 {
9828     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9829 }
9830
9831 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9832 {
9833     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9834 }
9835
9836 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9837 {
9838     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9839 }
9840
9841 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9842 {
9843     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9844 }
9845
9846 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9847 {
9848     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9849 }
9850
9851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9852 // access to cell attributes
9853 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9854
9855 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9856 {
9857     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9858     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9859     attr->DecRef();
9860
9861     return colour;
9862 }
9863
9864 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9865 {
9866     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9867     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9868     attr->DecRef();
9869
9870     return colour;
9871 }
9872
9873 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9874 {
9875     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9876     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9877     attr->DecRef();
9878
9879     return font;
9880 }
9881
9882 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9883 {
9884     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9885     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9886     attr->DecRef();
9887 }
9888
9889 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9890 {
9891     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9892     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9893     attr->DecRef();
9894
9895     return allow;
9896 }
9897
9898 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9899 {
9900     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9901     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9902     attr->DecRef();
9903 }
9904
9905 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9906 {
9907     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9908     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9909     attr->DecRef();
9910
9911     return renderer;
9912 }
9913
9914 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9915 {
9916     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9917     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9918     attr->DecRef();
9919
9920     return editor;
9921 }
9922
9923 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9924 {
9925     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9926     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9927     attr->DecRef();
9928
9929     return isReadOnly;
9930 }
9931
9932 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9933 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9934 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9935
9936 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9937 {
9938     if ( !m_table )
9939     {
9940         return false;
9941     }
9942
9943     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9944 }
9945
9946 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9947 {
9948     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9949     {
9950         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9951         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9952         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9953         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9954         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9955         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9956         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9957         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9958     }
9959 }
9960
9961 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9962 {
9963     if ( attr != NULL )
9964     {
9965         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9966
9967         self->ClearAttrCache();
9968         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9969         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9970         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9971         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9972     }
9973 }
9974
9975 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9976 {
9977     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9978     {
9979         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9980         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9981
9982 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9983         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9984 #endif
9985
9986         return true;
9987     }
9988     else
9989     {
9990 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9991         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9992 #endif
9993
9994         return false;
9995     }
9996 }
9997
9998 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9999 {
10000     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
10001     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
10002     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
10003     if ( row >= 0 )
10004     {
10005         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
10006         {
10007             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
10008                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10009             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
10010         }
10011     }
10012
10013     if (attr)
10014     {
10015         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10016     }
10017     else
10018     {
10019         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10020         attr->IncRef();
10021     }
10022
10023     return attr;
10024 }
10025
10026 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10027 {
10028     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10029     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10030
10031     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10032     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10033
10034     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10035     if ( !attr )
10036     {
10037         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10038
10039         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10040         attr->IncRef();
10041         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10042     }
10043
10044     return attr;
10045 }
10046
10047 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10048 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10049 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10050
10051 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10052 {
10053     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10054 }
10055
10056 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10057 {
10058     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10059 }
10060
10061 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10062 {
10063     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10064     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10065     {
10066         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10067     }
10068
10069     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10070 }
10071
10072 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10073 {
10074     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10075     if (!attr)
10076         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10077     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10078     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10079     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10080     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10081
10082     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10083
10084 }
10085
10086 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10087 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10088 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10089
10090 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10091 {
10092     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10093     {
10094         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10095         ClearAttrCache();
10096     }
10097     else
10098     {
10099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10100     }
10101 }
10102
10103 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10104 {
10105     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10106     {
10107         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10108         ClearAttrCache();
10109     }
10110     else
10111     {
10112         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10113     }
10114 }
10115
10116 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10117 {
10118     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10119     {
10120         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10121         ClearAttrCache();
10122     }
10123     else
10124     {
10125         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10126     }
10127 }
10128
10129 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10130 {
10131     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10132     {
10133         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10134         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10135         attr->DecRef();
10136     }
10137 }
10138
10139 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10140 {
10141     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10142     {
10143         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10144         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10145         attr->DecRef();
10146     }
10147 }
10148
10149 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10150 {
10151     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10152     {
10153         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10154         attr->SetFont(font);
10155         attr->DecRef();
10156     }
10157 }
10158
10159 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10160 {
10161     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10162     {
10163         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10164         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10165         attr->DecRef();
10166     }
10167 }
10168
10169 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10170 {
10171     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10172     {
10173         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10174         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10175         attr->DecRef();
10176     }
10177 }
10178
10179 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10180 {
10181     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10182     {
10183         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10184
10185         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10186         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10187         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10188         attr->DecRef();
10189
10190         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10191         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10192         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10193         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10194         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10195                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10196         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10197                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10198
10199         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10200         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10201         {
10202             int i, j;
10203             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10204             {
10205                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10206                 {
10207                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10208                     {
10209                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10210                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10211                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10212                     }
10213                 }
10214             }
10215         }
10216
10217         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10218         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10219         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10220         {
10221             int i, j;
10222             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10223             {
10224                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10225                 {
10226                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10227                     {
10228                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10229                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10230                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10231                     }
10232                 }
10233             }
10234         }
10235     }
10236 }
10237
10238 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10239 {
10240     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10241     {
10242         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10243         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10244         attr->DecRef();
10245     }
10246 }
10247
10248 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10249 {
10250     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10251     {
10252         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10253         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10254         attr->DecRef();
10255     }
10256 }
10257
10258 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10259 {
10260     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10261     {
10262         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10263         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10264         attr->DecRef();
10265     }
10266 }
10267
10268 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10269 // Data type registration
10270 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10271
10272 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10273                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10274                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10275 {
10276     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10277 }
10278
10279
10280 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10281 {
10282     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10283     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10284 }
10285
10286 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10287 {
10288     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10289     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10290 }
10291
10292 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10293 {
10294     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10295     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10296     {
10297         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10298
10299         return NULL;
10300     }
10301
10302     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10303 }
10304
10305 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10306 {
10307     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10308     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10309     {
10310         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10311
10312         return NULL;
10313     }
10314
10315     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10316 }
10317
10318 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10319 // row/col size
10320 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10321
10322 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10323 {
10324     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10325 }
10326
10327 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10328 {
10329     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10330 }
10331
10332 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10333 {
10334     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10335 }
10336
10337 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10338 {
10339     m_canDragCell = enable;
10340 }
10341
10342 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10343 {
10344     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10345
10346     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10347     {
10348         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10349         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10350         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10351         // some speed optimisations)
10352         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10353         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10354         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10355             CalcDimensions();
10356     }
10357 }
10358
10359 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10360 {
10361     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10362
10363     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10364     if ( height < 0 )
10365     {
10366         long w, h;
10367         wxArrayString lines;
10368         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10369         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10370         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10371         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10372         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10373         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10374     }
10375
10376     // See comment in SetColSize
10377     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10378         return;
10379
10380     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10381     {
10382         // need to really create the array
10383         InitRowHeights();
10384     }
10385
10386     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10387     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10388
10389     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10390     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10391     {
10392         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10393     }
10394
10395     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10396         CalcDimensions();
10397 }
10398
10399 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10400 {
10401     // we dont allow zero default column width
10402     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10403
10404     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10405     {
10406         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10407         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10408         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10409         // some speed optimisations)
10410         m_colWidths.Empty();
10411         m_colRights.Empty();
10412         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10413             CalcDimensions();
10414     }
10415 }
10416
10417 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10418 {
10419     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10420
10421     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10422     if ( width < 0 )
10423     {
10424         long w, h;
10425         wxArrayString lines;
10426         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10427         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10428         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10429         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10430             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10431         else
10432             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10433         width = w + 6;
10434         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10435         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10436     }
10437
10438     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10439     //                                                                 (VZ)
10440     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10441     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10442     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10443     //
10444     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10445
10446     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10447         return;
10448
10449     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10450     {
10451         // need to really create the array
10452         InitColWidths();
10453     }
10454
10455     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10456     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10457     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10458
10459     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10460     {
10461         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10462     }
10463
10464     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10465         CalcDimensions();
10466 }
10467
10468 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10469 {
10470     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10471     {
10472         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10473         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10474     }
10475 }
10476
10477 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10478 {
10479     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10480     {
10481         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10482         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10483     }
10484 }
10485
10486 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10487 {
10488     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10489     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10490
10491     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10492 }
10493
10494 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10495 {
10496     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10497     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10498
10499     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10500 }
10501
10502 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10503 {
10504     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10505     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10506     if ( width >= 0 )
10507         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10508 }
10509
10510 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10511 {
10512     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10513     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10514     if ( height >= 0 )
10515         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10516 }
10517
10518 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10519 {
10520     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10521 }
10522
10523 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10524 {
10525     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10526 }
10527
10528 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10529 // auto sizing
10530 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10531
10532 void
10533 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10534 {
10535     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10536
10537     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10538
10539     // cancel editing of cell
10540     HideCellEditControl();
10541     SaveEditControlValue();
10542
10543     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10544     int row = -1,
10545         col = -1;
10546     if ( column )
10547         col = colOrRow;
10548     else
10549         row = colOrRow;
10550
10551     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10552     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10553     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10554     {
10555         if ( column )
10556             row = rowOrCol;
10557         else
10558             col = rowOrCol;
10559
10560         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10561         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10562         if ( renderer )
10563         {
10564             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10565             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10566             if ( extent > extentMax )
10567                 extentMax = extent;
10568
10569             renderer->DecRef();
10570         }
10571
10572         attr->DecRef();
10573     }
10574
10575     // now also compare with the column label extent
10576     wxCoord w, h;
10577     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10578
10579     if ( column )
10580     {
10581         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10582         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10583             w = h;
10584     }
10585     else
10586         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10587
10588     extent = column ? w : h;
10589     if ( extent > extentMax )
10590         extentMax = extent;
10591
10592     if ( !extentMax )
10593     {
10594         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10595         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10596         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10597     }
10598     else
10599     {
10600         if ( column )
10601             // leave some space around text
10602             extentMax += 10;
10603         else
10604             extentMax += 6;
10605     }
10606
10607     if ( column )
10608     {
10609         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10610         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10611         // in SetColSize().
10612         if ( !setAsMin )
10613             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10614
10615         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10616         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10617         {
10618             int cw, ch, dummy;
10619             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10620             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10621             rect.y = 0;
10622             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10623             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10624             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10625             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10626         }
10627     }
10628     else
10629     {
10630         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10631         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10632         // in SetRowSize().
10633         if ( !setAsMin )
10634             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10635
10636         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10637         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10638         {
10639             int cw, ch, dummy;
10640             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10641             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10642             rect.x = 0;
10643             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10644             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10645             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10646             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10647         }
10648     }
10649
10650     if ( setAsMin )
10651     {
10652         if ( column )
10653             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10654         else
10655             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10656     }
10657 }
10658
10659 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10660 {
10661     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10662     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10663
10664     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10665                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10666     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10667
10668     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10669     //
10670     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10671     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10672     const bool
10673         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10674
10675     wxArrayString lines;
10676     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10677
10678     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10679     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10680     {
10681         lines.Clear();
10682
10683         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10684                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10685         StringToLines(label, lines);
10686
10687         long w, h;
10688         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10689
10690         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10691         if ( extent > extentMax )
10692             extentMax = extent;
10693     }
10694
10695     if ( !extentMax )
10696     {
10697         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10698         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10699         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10700                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10701     }
10702
10703     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10704     if ( calcRows )
10705         extentMax += 10;
10706     else
10707         extentMax += 6;
10708
10709     return extentMax;
10710 }
10711
10712 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10713 {
10714     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10715
10716     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10717     if(!calcOnly)
10718         locker.Create(this);
10719
10720     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10721     {
10722         if ( !calcOnly )
10723             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10724
10725         width += GetColWidth(col);
10726     }
10727
10728     return width;
10729 }
10730
10731 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10732 {
10733     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10734
10735     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10736     if(!calcOnly)
10737         locker.Create(this);
10738
10739     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10740     {
10741         if ( !calcOnly )
10742             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10743
10744         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10745     }
10746
10747     return height;
10748 }
10749
10750 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10751 {
10752     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10753
10754     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10755                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10756
10757     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10758     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10759     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10760     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10761
10762     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10763     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10764
10765     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10766 }
10767
10768 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10769 {
10770     // Hide the edit control, so it
10771     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10772     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10773     {
10774         HideCellEditControl();
10775         SaveEditControlValue();
10776     }
10777
10778     // autosize row height depending on label text
10779     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10780     ForceRefresh();
10781 }
10782
10783 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10784 {
10785     // Hide the edit control, so it
10786     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10787     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10788     {
10789         HideCellEditControl();
10790         SaveEditControlValue();
10791     }
10792
10793     // autosize column width depending on label text
10794     SetColSize(col, -1);
10795     ForceRefresh();
10796 }
10797
10798 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10799 {
10800     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10801
10802     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10803     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10804     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10805                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10806
10807     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10808     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10809     // calculation.
10810     // CacheBestSize(size);
10811
10812     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10813             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10814 }
10815
10816 void wxGrid::Fit()
10817 {
10818     AutoSize();
10819 }
10820
10821 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10822 {
10823     return wxNullPen;
10824 }
10825
10826 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10827 // cell value accessor functions
10828 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10829
10830 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10831 {
10832     if ( m_table )
10833     {
10834         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10835         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10836         {
10837             int dummy;
10838             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10839             rect.x = 0;
10840             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10841             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10842             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10843         }
10844
10845         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10846              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10847              IsCellEditControlShown())
10848              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10849              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10850              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10851         {
10852             HideCellEditControl();
10853             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10854         }
10855     }
10856 }
10857
10858 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10859 // block, row and column selection
10860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10861
10862 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10863 {
10864     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10865         ClearSelection();
10866
10867     if ( m_selection )
10868         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10869 }
10870
10871 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10872 {
10873     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10874         ClearSelection();
10875
10876     if ( m_selection )
10877         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10878 }
10879
10880 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10881                           bool addToSelected )
10882 {
10883     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10884         ClearSelection();
10885
10886     if ( m_selection )
10887         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10888                                   false, addToSelected );
10889 }
10890
10891 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10892 {
10893     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10894     {
10895         if ( m_selection )
10896             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10897     }
10898 }
10899
10900 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10901 // cell, row and col deselection
10902 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10903
10904 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10905 {
10906     if ( !m_selection )
10907         return;
10908
10909     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10910     {
10911         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10912             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10913     }
10914     else
10915     {
10916         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10917         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10918         {
10919             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10920                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10921         }
10922     }
10923 }
10924
10925 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10926 {
10927     if ( !m_selection )
10928         return;
10929
10930     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10931     {
10932         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10933             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10934     }
10935     else
10936     {
10937         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10938         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10939         {
10940             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10941                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10942         }
10943     }
10944 }
10945
10946 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10947 {
10948     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10949         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10950 }
10951
10952 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10953 {
10954     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10955              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10956                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10957 }
10958
10959 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10960 {
10961     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10962              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10963                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10964                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10965                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10966 }
10967
10968 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10969 {
10970     if (!m_selection)
10971     {
10972         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10973         return a;
10974     }
10975
10976     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10977 }
10978
10979 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10980 {
10981     if (!m_selection)
10982     {
10983         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10984         return a;
10985     }
10986
10987     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10988 }
10989
10990 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10991 {
10992     if (!m_selection)
10993     {
10994         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10995         return a;
10996     }
10997
10998     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10999 }
11000
11001 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11002 {
11003     if (!m_selection)
11004     {
11005         wxArrayInt a;
11006         return a;
11007     }
11008
11009     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11010 }
11011
11012 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11013 {
11014     if (!m_selection)
11015     {
11016         wxArrayInt a;
11017         return a;
11018     }
11019
11020     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11021 }
11022
11023 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11024 {
11025     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11026     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11027     m_selectingTopLeft =
11028     m_selectingBottomRight =
11029     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11030     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11031     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11032     if ( m_selection )
11033         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11034 }
11035
11036 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11037 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11038 //
11039 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11040                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11041 {
11042     wxRect resultRect;
11043     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11044     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11045     {
11046         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11047     }
11048     else
11049     {
11050         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11051     }
11052
11053     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11054     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11055     {
11056         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11057     }
11058     else
11059     {
11060         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11061         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11062     }
11063
11064     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11065     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11066     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11067     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11068     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11069
11070     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11071     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11072     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11073     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11074
11075     if (left > right)
11076     {
11077         int tmp = left;
11078         left = right;
11079         right = tmp;
11080
11081         tmp = leftCol;
11082         leftCol = rightCol;
11083         rightCol = tmp;
11084     }
11085
11086     if (top > bottom)
11087     {
11088         int tmp = top;
11089         top = bottom;
11090         bottom = tmp;
11091
11092         tmp = topRow;
11093         topRow = bottomRow;
11094         bottomRow = tmp;
11095     }
11096
11097     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11098     int cw, ch;
11099     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11100
11101     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11102     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11103     int gridOriginX = 0;
11104     int gridOriginY = 0;
11105     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11106
11107     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11108     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11109
11110     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11111     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11112
11113     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11114     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11115     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11116     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11117     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11118     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11119     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11120     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11121
11122     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11123     {
11124         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11125         {
11126             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11127                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11128             {
11129                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11130
11131                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11132                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11133                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11134                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11135                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11136                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11137                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11138                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11139             }
11140             else
11141             {
11142                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11143             }
11144         }
11145     }
11146
11147     // Convert to scrolled coords
11148     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11149     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11150
11151     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11152         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11153
11154     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11155     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11156     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11157     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11158
11159     return resultRect;
11160 }
11161
11162 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11163 // drop target
11164 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11165
11166 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11167
11168 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11169 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11170 {
11171     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11172 }
11173
11174 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11175
11176 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11177 // grid event classes
11178 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11179
11180 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11181
11182 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11183                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11184                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11185         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11186 {
11187     m_row = row;
11188     m_col = col;
11189     m_x = x;
11190     m_y = y;
11191     m_selecting = sel;
11192     m_control = control;
11193     m_shift = shift;
11194     m_alt = alt;
11195     m_meta = meta;
11196
11197     SetEventObject(obj);
11198 }
11199
11200
11201 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11202
11203 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11204                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11205                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11206         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11207 {
11208     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11209     m_x = x;
11210     m_y = y;
11211     m_control = control;
11212     m_shift = shift;
11213     m_alt = alt;
11214     m_meta = meta;
11215
11216     SetEventObject(obj);
11217 }
11218
11219
11220 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11221
11222 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11223                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11224                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11225                                                bool sel, bool control,
11226                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11227         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11228 {
11229     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11230     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11231     m_selecting = sel;
11232     m_control = control;
11233     m_shift = shift;
11234     m_alt = alt;
11235     m_meta = meta;
11236
11237     SetEventObject(obj);
11238 }
11239
11240
11241 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11242
11243 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11244                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11245                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11246     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11247 {
11248     SetEventObject(obj);
11249     m_row = row;
11250     m_col = col;
11251     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11252 }
11253
11254 #endif // wxUSE_GRID